xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision b0c4ef71)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 
432 /*
433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
437 **
438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
444 */
445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
446 struct PagerSavepoint {
447   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
448   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
449   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
450   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
451   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
453   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
454 #endif
455 };
456 
457 /*
458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
459 */
460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
463 
464 /*
465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
466 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
467 **
468 ** eState
469 **
470 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
471 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
472 **
473 ** eLock
474 **
475 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
476 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
477 **
478 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
479 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
480 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
481 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
482 **   need (and no reason to release them).
483 **
484 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
485 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
486 **   details.
487 **
488 ** changeCountDone
489 **
490 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
491 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
492 **   not updated more often than necessary.
493 **
494 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
495 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
496 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
497 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
498 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
499 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
500 **
501 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
502 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
503 **   committed.
504 **
505 ** setMaster
506 **
507 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
508 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
509 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
510 **
511 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
512 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
513 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
514 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
515 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
516 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
517 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
518 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
519 **
520 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
521 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
522 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
523 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
524 **
525 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
526 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
527 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
528 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
529 **
530 ** doNotSpill
531 **
532 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
533 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
534 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
535 **
536 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
537 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
538 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
539 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
540 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
541 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
542 **   case is a user preference.
543 **
544 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
545 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
546 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
547 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
548 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
549 **
550 ** subjInMemory
551 **
552 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
553 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
554 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
555 **
556 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
557 **   write-transaction is opened.
558 **
559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
560 **
561 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
562 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
563 **   OPEN and ERROR).
564 **
565 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
566 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
567 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
568 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
569 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
570 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
571 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
572 **   to dbSize==1).
573 **
574 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
575 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
576 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
577 **   dbSize is updated.
578 **
579 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
580 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
581 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
582 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
583 **   being modified.
584 **
585 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
586 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
587 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
588 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
589 **
590 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
591 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
592 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
593 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
594 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
595 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
596 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
597 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
598 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
599 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
600 **
601 ** dbHintSize
602 **
603 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
604 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
605 **
606 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
607 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
608 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
609 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
610 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
611 **   details.
612 **
613 ** errCode
614 **
615 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
616 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
617 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
618 **   sub-codes.
619 **
620 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
621 **
622 **   syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
623 **   syncFlags is used for rollback mode.  walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
624 **   and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
625 **   lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
626 **   file in bits 0x04 and 0x08.  In other words, to get the correct sync flags
627 **   for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
628 **   sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03).  Note
629 **   that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
630 **   meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
631 */
632 struct Pager {
633   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
634   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
635   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
636   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
637   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
638   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
639   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
640   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
641   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* See description above */
642   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
643   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
644   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
645   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
646 
647   /**************************************************************************
648   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
649   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
650   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
651   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
652   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
653   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
654   ** "configuration" of the pager.
655   */
656   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
657   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
658   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
659   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
660   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
661   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
662   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
663   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
664   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
665   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
666   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
667   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
668   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
669   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
670   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
671   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
672   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
673   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
674   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
675   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
676   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
677   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
678   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
679   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
680   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
681   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
682   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
683 
684   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
685   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
686   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
687   /*
688   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
689   ***************************************************************************/
690 
691   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
692   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
693   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
694   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
695   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
696   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
697   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
698   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
699   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
700   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
701   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
702   int aStat[4];               /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */
703 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
704   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
705 #endif
706   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
707   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
708 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
709   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
710   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
711   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
712   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
713 #endif
714   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
715   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
716 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
717   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
718   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
719 #endif
720 };
721 
722 /*
723 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
724 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
725 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
726 */
727 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
728 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
729 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
730 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3
731 
732 /*
733 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
734 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
735 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
736 */
737 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
738 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
739 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
740 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
741 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
742 #else
743 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
744 #endif
745 
746 
747 
748 /*
749 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
750 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
751 **
752 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
753 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
754 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
755 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
756 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
757 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
758 ** journal and ignore it.
759 **
760 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
761 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
762 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
763 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
764 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
765 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
766 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
767 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
768 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
769 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
770 */
771 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
772   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
773 };
774 
775 /*
776 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
777 ** the following macro.
778 */
779 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
780 
781 /*
782 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
783 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
784 */
785 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
786 
787 /*
788 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
789 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
790 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
791 ** out code that would never execute.
792 */
793 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
794 # define MEMDB 0
795 #else
796 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
797 #endif
798 
799 /*
800 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
801 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
802 */
803 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
804 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
805 #else
806 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
807 #endif
808 
809 /*
810 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
811 */
812 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
813 
814 /*
815 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
816 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
817 **
818 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
819 **
820 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
821 **
822 ** instead of
823 **
824 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
825 */
826 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
827 
828 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
829 /*
830 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file
831 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if:
832 **
833 **   * the database file is open,
834 **   * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and
835 **   * the desired page is not currently in the wal file.
836 */
837 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
838   if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0;
839   if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0;
840 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
841   if( pPager->xCodec!=0 ) return 0;
842 #endif
843 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
844   if( pPager->pWal ){
845     u32 iRead = 0;
846     int rc;
847     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
848     return (rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead==0);
849   }
850 #endif
851   return 1;
852 }
853 #endif
854 
855 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
856 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
857 #else
858 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
859 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
860 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
861 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
862 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
863 #endif
864 
865 #ifndef NDEBUG
866 /*
867 ** Usage:
868 **
869 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
870 **
871 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
872 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
873 */
874 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
875   Pager *pPager = p;
876 
877   /* State must be valid. */
878   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
879        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
880        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
881        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
882        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
883        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
884        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
885   );
886 
887   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
888   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
889   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
890   */
891   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
892   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
893 
894   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
895   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
896   */
897   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
898   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
899 
900   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
901   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
902   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
903   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
904   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
905   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
906   ** state.
907   */
908   if( MEMDB ){
909     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
910     assert( p->noSync );
911     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
912          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
913     );
914     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
915     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
916   }
917 
918   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
919   ** on the file.
920   */
921   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
922   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
923 
924   switch( p->eState ){
925     case PAGER_OPEN:
926       assert( !MEMDB );
927       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
928       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
929       break;
930 
931     case PAGER_READER:
932       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
933       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
934       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
935       break;
936 
937     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
938       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
939       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
940       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
941         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
942       }
943       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
944       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
945       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
946       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
947       break;
948 
949     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
950       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
951       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
952       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
953         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
954         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
955         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
956         ** to journal_mode=wal.
957         */
958         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
959         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
960              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
961              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
962         );
963       }
964       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
965       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
966       break;
967 
968     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
969       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
970       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
971       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
972       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
973       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
974            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
975            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
976            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
977       );
978       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
979       break;
980 
981     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
982       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
983       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
984       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
985       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
986            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
987            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
988            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
989       );
990       break;
991 
992     case PAGER_ERROR:
993       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
994       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
995       ** back to OPEN state.
996       */
997       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
998       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
999       break;
1000   }
1001 
1002   return 1;
1003 }
1004 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
1005 
1006 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1007 /*
1008 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
1009 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
1010 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
1011 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
1012 **
1013 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
1014 **
1015 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings
1016 ** about an unused function.  It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does
1017 ** not appear in normal builds.
1018 */
1019 char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
1020   static char zRet[1024];
1021 
1022   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
1023       "Filename:      %s\n"
1024       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
1025       "Lock:          %s\n"
1026       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
1027       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
1028       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1029       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1030       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1031       , p->zFilename
1032       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1033         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1034         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1035         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1036         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1037         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1038         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1039       , (int)p->errCode
1040       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1041         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1042         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1043         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1044         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1045       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1046       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1047         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1048         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1049         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1050         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1051         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1052       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1053       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1054       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1055   );
1056 
1057   return zRet;
1058 }
1059 #endif
1060 
1061 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1062 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1063 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1064 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1065 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1066 #endif
1067 
1068 /*
1069 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1070 ** content from the pager.
1071 */
1072 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1073   if( pPager->errCode ){
1074     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1075 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1076   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager)
1077 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
1078    && pPager->xCodec==0
1079 #endif
1080   ){
1081     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1082 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1083   }else{
1084     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1085   }
1086 }
1087 
1088 /*
1089 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1090 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1091 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1092 **
1093 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1094 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1095 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1096 */
1097 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1098   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1099   PagerSavepoint *p;
1100   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1101   int i;
1102   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1103     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1104     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1105       return 1;
1106     }
1107   }
1108   return 0;
1109 }
1110 
1111 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1112 /*
1113 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1114 */
1115 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1116   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1117 }
1118 #endif
1119 
1120 /*
1121 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1122 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1123 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1124 **
1125 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1126 */
1127 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1128   unsigned char ac[4];
1129   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1130   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1131     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1132   }
1133   return rc;
1134 }
1135 
1136 /*
1137 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1138 */
1139 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1140 
1141 
1142 /*
1143 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1144 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1145 */
1146 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1147   char ac[4];
1148   put32bits(ac, val);
1149   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1150 }
1151 
1152 /*
1153 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1154 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1155 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1156 **
1157 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1158 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1159 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1160 */
1161 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1162   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1163 
1164   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1165   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1166   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1167   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1168     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1169     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1170     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1171       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1172     }
1173     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1174   }
1175   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; /* ticket fb3b3024ea238d5c */
1176   return rc;
1177 }
1178 
1179 /*
1180 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1181 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1182 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1183 **
1184 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1185 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1186 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1187 ** of this.
1188 */
1189 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1190   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1191 
1192   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1193   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1194     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1195     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1196       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1197       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1198     }
1199   }
1200   return rc;
1201 }
1202 
1203 /*
1204 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1205 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1206 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1207 **
1208 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1209 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1210 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1211 **      to the page size.
1212 **
1213 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1214 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1215 **
1216 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1217 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1218 ** returned in this case.
1219 **
1220 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1221 */
1222 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1223   assert( !MEMDB );
1224 
1225 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1226  || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1227   int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1228 
1229   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1230   dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1231 #else
1232   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager);
1233 #endif
1234 
1235 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1236   if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){
1237     return -1;
1238   }
1239 #endif
1240 
1241 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1242   {
1243     int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1244     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1245 
1246     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1247     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1248     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1249       return 0;
1250     }
1251   }
1252 
1253   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1254 #endif
1255 
1256   return 0;
1257 }
1258 
1259 /*
1260 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1261 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1262 ** and debugging only.
1263 */
1264 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1265 /*
1266 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1267 */
1268 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1269   u32 hash = 0;
1270   int i;
1271   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1272     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1273   }
1274   return hash;
1275 }
1276 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1277   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1278 }
1279 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1280   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1281 }
1282 
1283 /*
1284 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1285 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1286 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1287 */
1288 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1289 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1290   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1291   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1292   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1293 }
1294 
1295 #else
1296 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1297 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1298 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1299 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1300 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1301 
1302 /*
1303 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1304 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1305 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1306 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1307 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1308 **
1309 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1310 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1311 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1312 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1313 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1314 ** were present in the journal.
1315 **
1316 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1317 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1318 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1319 ** journal file name.
1320 **
1321 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1322 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1323 **
1324 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1325 ** error code is returned.
1326 */
1327 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1328   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1329   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1330   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1331   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1332   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1333   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1334   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1335 
1336   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1337    || szJ<16
1338    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1339    || len>=nMaster
1340    || len>szJ-16
1341    || len==0
1342    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1343    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1344    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1345    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1346   ){
1347     return rc;
1348   }
1349 
1350   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1351   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1352     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1353   }
1354   if( cksum ){
1355     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1356     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1357     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1358     ** master-journal filename.
1359     */
1360     len = 0;
1361   }
1362   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1363   zMaster[len+1] = '\0';
1364 
1365   return SQLITE_OK;
1366 }
1367 
1368 /*
1369 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1370 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1371 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1372 **
1373 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1374 **
1375 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1376 **   ---------------------------------------
1377 **   0                         0
1378 **   512                       512
1379 **   100                       512
1380 **   2000                      2048
1381 **
1382 */
1383 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1384   i64 offset = 0;
1385   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1386   if( c ){
1387     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1388   }
1389   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1390   assert( offset>=c );
1391   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1392   return offset;
1393 }
1394 
1395 /*
1396 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1397 **
1398 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1399 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1400 **
1401 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1402 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1403 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1404 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1405 ** after writing or truncating it.
1406 **
1407 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1408 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1409 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1410 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1411 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1412 **
1413 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1414 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1415 */
1416 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1417   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1418   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1419   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1420   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1421     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1422 
1423     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1424     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1425       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1426     }else{
1427       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1428       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1429     }
1430     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1431       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1432     }
1433 
1434     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1435     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1436     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1437     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1438     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1439     */
1440     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1441       i64 sz;
1442       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1443       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1444         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1445       }
1446     }
1447   }
1448   return rc;
1449 }
1450 
1451 /*
1452 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1453 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1454 ** current location.
1455 **
1456 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1457 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1458 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1459 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1460 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1461 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1462 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1463 **
1464 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1465 */
1466 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1467   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1468   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1469   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1470   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1471   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1472 
1473   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1474 
1475   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1476     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1477   }
1478 
1479   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1480   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1481   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1482   */
1483   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1484     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1485       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1486     }
1487   }
1488 
1489   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1490 
1491   /*
1492   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1493   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1494   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1495   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1496   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1497   **
1498   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1499   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1500   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1501   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1502   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1503   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1504   **
1505   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1506   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1507   **
1508   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1509   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1510   */
1511   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1512   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1513    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1514   ){
1515     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1516     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1517   }else{
1518     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1519   }
1520 
1521   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1522   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1523   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1524   /* The initial database size */
1525   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1526   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1527   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1528 
1529   /* The page size */
1530   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1531 
1532   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1533   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1534   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1535   ** take the performance hit.
1536   */
1537   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1538          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1539 
1540   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1541   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1542   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1543   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1544   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1545   **
1546   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1547   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1548   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1549   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1550   ** is done.
1551   **
1552   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1553   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1554   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1555   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1556   */
1557   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1558     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1559     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1560     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1561     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1562   }
1563 
1564   return rc;
1565 }
1566 
1567 /*
1568 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1569 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1570 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1571 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1572 ** a description of the journal header format.
1573 **
1574 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1575 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1576 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1577 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1578 ** in this case.
1579 **
1580 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1581 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1582 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1583 */
1584 static int readJournalHdr(
1585   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1586   int isHot,
1587   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1588   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1589   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1590 ){
1591   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1592   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1593   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1594 
1595   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1596 
1597   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1598   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1599   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1600   */
1601   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1602   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1603     return SQLITE_DONE;
1604   }
1605   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1606 
1607   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1608   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1609   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1610   ** proceed.
1611   */
1612   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1613     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1614     if( rc ){
1615       return rc;
1616     }
1617     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1618       return SQLITE_DONE;
1619     }
1620   }
1621 
1622   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1623   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1624   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1625   */
1626   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1627    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1628    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1629   ){
1630     return rc;
1631   }
1632 
1633   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1634     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1635     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1636 
1637     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1638     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1639      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1640     ){
1641       return rc;
1642     }
1643 
1644     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1645     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1646     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1647     */
1648     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1649       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1650     }
1651 
1652     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1653     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1654     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1655     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1656     */
1657     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1658      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1659      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1660     ){
1661       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1662       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1663       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1664       ** the journal file here.
1665       */
1666       return SQLITE_DONE;
1667     }
1668 
1669     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1670     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1671     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1672     */
1673     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1674     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1675 
1676     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1677     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1678     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1679     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1680     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1681     */
1682     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1683   }
1684 
1685   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1686   return rc;
1687 }
1688 
1689 
1690 /*
1691 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1692 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1693 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1694 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1695 ** anything is written. The format is:
1696 **
1697 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1698 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1699 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1700 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1701 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1702 **
1703 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1704 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1705 **
1706 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1707 ** this call is a no-op.
1708 */
1709 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1710   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1711   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1712   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1713   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1714   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1715 
1716   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1717   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1718 
1719   if( !zMaster
1720    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1721    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1722   ){
1723     return SQLITE_OK;
1724   }
1725   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1726   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1727 
1728   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1729   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1730     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1731   }
1732 
1733   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1734   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1735   ** the journal has already been synced.
1736   */
1737   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1738     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1739   }
1740   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1741 
1742   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1743   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1744   */
1745   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1746    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1747    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1748    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1749    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1750                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1751   ){
1752     return rc;
1753   }
1754   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1755 
1756   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1757   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1758   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1759   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1760   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1761   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1762   **
1763   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1764   ** file to the required size.
1765   */
1766   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1767    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1768   ){
1769     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1770   }
1771   return rc;
1772 }
1773 
1774 /*
1775 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1776 */
1777 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1778   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1779   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1780   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1781 }
1782 
1783 /*
1784 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1785 */
1786 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1787   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1788 }
1789 
1790 /*
1791 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1792 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1793 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1794 */
1795 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1796   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1797   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1798     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1799   }
1800   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1801     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1802   }
1803   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1804   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1805   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1806   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1807 }
1808 
1809 /*
1810 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1811 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1812 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1813 */
1814 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1815   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1816   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1817 
1818   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1819     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1820     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1821       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1822       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1823       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1824     }
1825   }
1826   return rc;
1827 }
1828 
1829 /*
1830 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1831 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1832 ** state.
1833 **
1834 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1835 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1836 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1837 ** closed (if it is open).
1838 **
1839 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1840 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1841 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1842 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1843 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1844 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1845 */
1846 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1847 
1848   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1849        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1850        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1851   );
1852 
1853   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1854   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1855   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1856 
1857   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1858     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1859     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1860     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1861   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1862     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1863     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1864 
1865     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1866     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1867     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1868     ** out from under us.
1869     */
1870     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1871     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1872     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1873     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1874     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1875     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1876     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1877      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1878     ){
1879       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1880     }
1881 
1882     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1883     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1884     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1885     ** is necessary.
1886     */
1887     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1888     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1889       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1890     }
1891 
1892     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1893     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1894     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1895     */
1896     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1897     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1898   }
1899 
1900   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1901   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1902   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1903   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1904   */
1905   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1906   if( pPager->errCode ){
1907     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1908       pager_reset(pPager);
1909       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1910       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1911     }else{
1912       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1913     }
1914     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1915     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1916     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1917   }
1918 
1919   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1920   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1921   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1922 }
1923 
1924 /*
1925 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1926 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1927 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1928 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1929 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1930 **
1931 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1932 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1933 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1934 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1935 **
1936 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1937 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1938 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1939 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1940 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1941 ** it were a hot-journal).
1942 */
1943 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1944   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1945   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1946   assert(
1947        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1948        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1949        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1950   );
1951   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1952     pPager->errCode = rc;
1953     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1954     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1955   }
1956   return rc;
1957 }
1958 
1959 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1960 
1961 /*
1962 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1963 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1964 **
1965 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1966 **
1967 ** Rules:
1968 **
1969 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1970 **      for transactions to be durable.
1971 **
1972 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1973 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1974 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1975 **      cache size.
1976 */
1977 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1978   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1979   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1980   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1981   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1982 }
1983 
1984 /*
1985 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1986 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1987 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1988 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1989 ** database transaction.
1990 **
1991 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1992 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1993 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1994 **
1995 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1996 **
1997 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1998 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1999 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
2000 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
2001 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
2002 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
2003 **
2004 **   journalMode==MEMORY
2005 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
2006 **     in-memory journal.
2007 **
2008 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
2009 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
2010 **
2011 **   journalMode==PERSIST
2012 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
2013 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
2014 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
2015 **
2016 **   journalMode==DELETE
2017 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
2018 **
2019 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
2020 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
2021 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
2022 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
2023 **
2024 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
2025 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
2026 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
2027 **
2028 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
2029 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
2030 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
2031 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2032 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2033 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2034 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2035 ** returned.
2036 */
2037 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
2038   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2039   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2040 
2041   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2042   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2043   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2044   ** held under two circumstances:
2045   **
2046   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2047   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2048   **
2049   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2050   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2051   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2052   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2053   */
2054   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2055   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2056   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2057     return SQLITE_OK;
2058   }
2059 
2060   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2061   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
2062       || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
2063   );
2064   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2065     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2066 
2067     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2068     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2069       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2070       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2071     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2072       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2073         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2074       }else{
2075         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2076         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2077           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2078           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2079           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2080           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2081           */
2082           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2083         }
2084       }
2085       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2086     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2087       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2088     ){
2089       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
2090       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2091     }else{
2092       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2093       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2094       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2095       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2096       */
2097       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2098       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2099       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2100            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2101            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2102       );
2103       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2104       if( bDelete ){
2105         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2106       }
2107     }
2108   }
2109 
2110 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2111   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2112   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2113     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2114     if( p ){
2115       p->pageHash = 0;
2116       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2117     }
2118   }
2119 #endif
2120 
2121   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2122   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2123   pPager->nRec = 0;
2124   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2125     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2126       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2127     }else{
2128       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2129     }
2130     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2131   }
2132 
2133   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2134     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2135     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2136     ** lock held on the database file.
2137     */
2138     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2139     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2140   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2141     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2142     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2143     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2144     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2145     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2146     ** required size.  */
2147     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2148     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2149   }
2150 
2151   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){
2152     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2153     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2154   }
2155 
2156   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2157    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2158   ){
2159     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2160   }
2161   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2162   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2163 
2164   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2165 }
2166 
2167 /*
2168 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2169 ** database file.
2170 **
2171 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2172 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2173 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2174 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2175 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2176 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2177 ** will roll it back.
2178 **
2179 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2180 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2181 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2182 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2183 */
2184 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2185   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2186     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2187     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2188       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2189       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2190       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2191     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2192       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2193       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2194     }
2195   }
2196   pager_unlock(pPager);
2197 }
2198 
2199 /*
2200 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2201 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2202 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2203 **
2204 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2205 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2206 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2207 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2208 **
2209 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2210 ** incompatible journal file format.
2211 **
2212 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2213 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2214 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2215 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2216 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2217 */
2218 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2219   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2220   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2221   while( i>0 ){
2222     cksum += aData[i];
2223     i -= 200;
2224   }
2225   return cksum;
2226 }
2227 
2228 /*
2229 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2230 ** to the codec.
2231 */
2232 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2233 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2234   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2235     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2236                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2237   }
2238 }
2239 #else
2240 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2241 #endif
2242 
2243 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2244 /*
2245 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2246 ** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2247 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2248 */
2249 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2250   if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2251     pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2252     pagerReportSize(pDest);
2253   }
2254 }
2255 #endif
2256 
2257 /*
2258 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2259 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2260 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2261 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2262 **
2263 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2264 ** not.
2265 **
2266 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2267 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2268 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2269 **
2270 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2271 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2272 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2273 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2274 ** prior to returning.
2275 **
2276 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2277 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2278 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2279 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2280 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2281 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2282 ** two circumstances:
2283 **
2284 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2285 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2286 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2287 **
2288 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2289 **
2290 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2291 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2292 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2293 */
2294 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2295   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2296   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2297   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2298   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2299   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2300 ){
2301   int rc;
2302   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2303   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2304   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2305   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2306   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2307   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2308 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2309   /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through
2310   ** the codec.  It is false for pure in-memory journals. */
2311   const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0);
2312 #endif
2313 
2314   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2315   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2316   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2317   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2318 
2319   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2320   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2321   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2322 
2323   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2324   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2325   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2326   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2327   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2328   */
2329   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2330        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2331   );
2332   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2333 
2334   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2335   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2336   */
2337   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2338   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2339   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2340   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2341   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2342   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2343 
2344   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2345   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2346   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2347   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2348   */
2349   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2350     assert( !isSavepnt );
2351     return SQLITE_DONE;
2352   }
2353   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2354     return SQLITE_OK;
2355   }
2356   if( isMainJrnl ){
2357     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2358     if( rc ) return rc;
2359     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2360       return SQLITE_DONE;
2361     }
2362   }
2363 
2364   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2365   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2366   */
2367   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2368     return rc;
2369   }
2370 
2371   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2372   */
2373   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2374     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2375     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2376   }
2377 
2378   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2379   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2380   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2381   **
2382   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2383   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2384   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2385   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2386   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2387   ** assert()able.
2388   **
2389   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2390   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2391   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2392   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2393   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2394   **
2395   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2396   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2397   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2398   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2399   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2400   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2401   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2402   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2403   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2404   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2405   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2406   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2407   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2408   **
2409   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2410   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2411   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2412   */
2413   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2414     pPg = 0;
2415   }else{
2416     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2417   }
2418   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2419   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2420   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2421            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2422            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2423   ));
2424   if( isMainJrnl ){
2425     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2426   }else{
2427     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2428   }
2429   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2430    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2431    && isSynced
2432   ){
2433     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2434     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2435     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2436 
2437     /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2438     ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2439     ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2440     ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2441     ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2442     ** file.  */
2443 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2444     if( !jrnlEnc ){
2445       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
2446       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2447       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2448     }else
2449 #endif
2450     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2451 
2452     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2453       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2454     }
2455     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2456 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2457       if( jrnlEnc ){
2458         CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2459         sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2460         CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData);
2461       }else
2462 #endif
2463       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2464     }
2465   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2466     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2467     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2468     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2469     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2470     ** current.
2471     **
2472     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2473     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2474     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2475     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2476     **
2477     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2478     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2479     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2480     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2481     */
2482     assert( isSavepnt );
2483     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2484     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2485     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2486     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2487     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2488     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2489     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2490   }
2491   if( pPg ){
2492     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2493     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2494     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2495     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2496     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2497     */
2498     void *pData;
2499     pData = pPg->pData;
2500     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2501     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2502     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2503     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2504     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2505     ** has been removed. */
2506     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2507 
2508     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2509     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2510     if( pgno==1 ){
2511       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2512     }
2513 
2514     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2515 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2516     if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); }
2517 #endif
2518     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2519   }
2520   return rc;
2521 }
2522 
2523 /*
2524 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2525 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2526 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2527 ** and does so if it is.
2528 **
2529 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2530 ** available for use within this function.
2531 **
2532 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2533 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2534 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2535 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2536 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2537 **
2538 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2539 **
2540 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2541 ** journals have been rolled back.
2542 **
2543 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2544 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2545 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2546 **
2547 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2548 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2549 **     file zMaster
2550 **
2551 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2552 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2553 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2554 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2555 **
2556 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2557 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2558 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2559 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2560 **
2561 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2562 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2563 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2564 ** size.
2565 */
2566 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2567   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2568   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2569   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2570   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2571   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2572   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2573   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2574   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2575   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2576 
2577   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2578   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2579   */
2580   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2581   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2582   if( !pMaster ){
2583     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2584   }else{
2585     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2586     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2587   }
2588   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2589 
2590   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2591   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2592   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2593   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2594   */
2595   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2596   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2597   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2598   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 2);
2599   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2600     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2601     goto delmaster_out;
2602   }
2603   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+2];
2604   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2605   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2606   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2607   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1] = 0;
2608 
2609   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2610   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2611     int exists;
2612     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2613     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2614       goto delmaster_out;
2615     }
2616     if( exists ){
2617       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2618       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2619       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2620       */
2621       int c;
2622       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2623       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2624       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2625         goto delmaster_out;
2626       }
2627 
2628       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2629       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2630       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2631         goto delmaster_out;
2632       }
2633 
2634       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2635       if( c ){
2636         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2637         goto delmaster_out;
2638       }
2639     }
2640     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2641   }
2642 
2643   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2644   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2645 
2646 delmaster_out:
2647   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2648   if( pMaster ){
2649     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2650     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2651     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2652   }
2653   return rc;
2654 }
2655 
2656 
2657 /*
2658 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2659 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2660 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2661 **
2662 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2663 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2664 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2665 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2666 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2667 **
2668 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2669 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2670 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2671 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2672 ** the end of the new file instead.
2673 **
2674 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2675 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2676 */
2677 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2678   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2679   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2680   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2681 
2682   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2683    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2684   ){
2685     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2686     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2687     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2688     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2689     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2690     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2691     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2692       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2693         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2694       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2695         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2696         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2697         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2698         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2699         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2700       }
2701       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2702         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2703       }
2704     }
2705   }
2706   return rc;
2707 }
2708 
2709 /*
2710 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2711 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2712 */
2713 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2714   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2715   if( iRet<32 ){
2716     iRet = 512;
2717   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2718     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2719     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2720   }
2721   return iRet;
2722 }
2723 
2724 /*
2725 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2726 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2727 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2728 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2729 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2730 **
2731 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2732 **
2733 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2734 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2735 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2736 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2737 **
2738 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2739 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2740 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2741 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2742 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2743 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2744 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2745 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2746 */
2747 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2748   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2749 
2750   if( pPager->tempFile
2751    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2752               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2753   ){
2754     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2755     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2756     ** call will segfault. */
2757     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2758   }else{
2759     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2760   }
2761 }
2762 
2763 /*
2764 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2765 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2766 **
2767 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2768 **
2769 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2770 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2771 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2772 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2773 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2774 **       sanity checksum.
2775 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2776 **       database to during a rollback.
2777 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2778 **       is this many bytes in size.
2779 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2780 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2781 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2782 **        +  4 byte page number.
2783 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2784 **        +  4 byte checksum
2785 **
2786 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2787 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2788 **
2789 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2790 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2791 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2792 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2793 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2794 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2795 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2796 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2797 **
2798 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2799 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2800 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2801 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2802 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2803 **
2804 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2805 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2806 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2807 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2808 ** been encountered.
2809 **
2810 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2811 ** and an error code is returned.
2812 **
2813 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2814 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2815 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2816 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2817 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2818 ** needed.
2819 */
2820 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2821   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2822   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2823   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2824   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2825   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2826   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2827   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2828   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2829   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2830   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2831   u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
2832 
2833   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2834   ** the journal is empty.
2835   */
2836   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2837   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2838   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2839     goto end_playback;
2840   }
2841 
2842   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2843   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2844   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2845   ** played back.
2846   **
2847   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2848   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2849   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2850   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2851   ** for pageSize.
2852   */
2853   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2854   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2855   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2856     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2857   }
2858   zMaster = 0;
2859   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2860     goto end_playback;
2861   }
2862   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2863   needPagerReset = isHot;
2864 
2865   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2866   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2867   ** occurs.
2868   */
2869   while( 1 ){
2870     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2871     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2872     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2873     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2874     */
2875     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2876     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2877       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2878         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2879       }
2880       goto end_playback;
2881     }
2882 
2883     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2884     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2885     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2886     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2887     */
2888     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2889       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2890       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2891     }
2892 
2893     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2894     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2895     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2896     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2897     ** size of the file.
2898     **
2899     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2900     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2901     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2902     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2903     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2904     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2905     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2906     */
2907     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2908         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2909       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2910     }
2911 
2912     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2913     ** database file back to its original size.
2914     */
2915     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2916       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2917       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2918         goto end_playback;
2919       }
2920       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2921     }
2922 
2923     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2924     ** database file and/or page cache.
2925     */
2926     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2927       if( needPagerReset ){
2928         pager_reset(pPager);
2929         needPagerReset = 0;
2930       }
2931       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2932       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2933         nPlayback++;
2934       }else{
2935         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2936           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2937           break;
2938         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2939           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2940           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2941           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2942           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2943           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2944           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2945           goto end_playback;
2946         }else{
2947           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2948           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2949           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2950           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2951           */
2952           goto end_playback;
2953         }
2954       }
2955     }
2956   }
2957   /*NOTREACHED*/
2958   assert( 0 );
2959 
2960 end_playback:
2961   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2962     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1);
2963   }
2964   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2965   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2966   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2967   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2968   */
2969 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2970   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2971 #endif
2972 
2973   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2974   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2975   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2976   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2977   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2978   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2979   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2980   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2981   */
2982   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2983 
2984   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2985     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2986     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2987     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2988   }
2989   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2990    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2991   ){
2992     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2993   }
2994   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2995     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2996     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2997   }
2998   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2999     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
3000     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
3001     */
3002     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
3003     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
3004   }
3005   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
3006     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
3007                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
3008   }
3009 
3010   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
3011   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
3012   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
3013   */
3014   setSectorSize(pPager);
3015   return rc;
3016 }
3017 
3018 
3019 /*
3020 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
3021 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
3022 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
3023 ** file before this function is called.
3024 **
3025 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
3026 ** the value read from the database file.
3027 **
3028 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
3029 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3030 */
3031 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3032   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
3033   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
3034 
3035 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3036   u32 iFrame = 0;              /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
3037 
3038   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
3039   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3040 
3041   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3042     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
3043     if( rc ) return rc;
3044   }
3045   if( iFrame ){
3046     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData);
3047   }else
3048 #endif
3049   {
3050     i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
3051     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
3052     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3053       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3054     }
3055   }
3056 
3057   if( pPg->pgno==1 ){
3058     if( rc ){
3059       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
3060       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
3061       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
3062       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
3063       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
3064       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
3065       **
3066       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
3067       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
3068       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3069       ** we should still be ok.
3070       */
3071       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3072     }else{
3073       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
3074       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3075     }
3076   }
3077   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
3078 
3079   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
3080   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3081   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
3082   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3083                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3084 
3085   return rc;
3086 }
3087 
3088 /*
3089 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3090 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3091 **
3092 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3093 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3094 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3095 */
3096 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3097   u32 change_counter;
3098 
3099   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3100   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3101   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3102 
3103   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3104   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3105   ** is valid. */
3106   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3107   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3108 }
3109 
3110 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3111 /*
3112 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3113 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3114 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3115 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3116 **
3117 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3118 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3119 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3120 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3121 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3122 */
3123 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3124   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3125   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3126   PgHdr *pPg;
3127 
3128   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3129   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3130   if( pPg ){
3131     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3132       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3133     }else{
3134       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
3135       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3136         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3137       }
3138       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3139     }
3140   }
3141 
3142   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3143   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3144   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3145   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3146   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3147   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3148   ** the backups must be restarted.
3149   */
3150   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3151 
3152   return rc;
3153 }
3154 
3155 /*
3156 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3157 */
3158 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3159   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3160   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3161 
3162   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3163   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3164   ** following:
3165   **
3166   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3167   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3168   */
3169   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3170   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3171   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3172   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3173     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3174     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3175     pList = pNext;
3176   }
3177 
3178   return rc;
3179 }
3180 
3181 /*
3182 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3183 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3184 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3185 ** changed.
3186 **
3187 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3188 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3189 */
3190 static int pagerWalFrames(
3191   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3192   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3193   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3194   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3195 ){
3196   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3197   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3198   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3199 
3200   assert( pPager->pWal );
3201   assert( pList );
3202 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3203   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3204   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3205     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3206   }
3207 #endif
3208 
3209   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3210   if( isCommit ){
3211     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3212     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3213     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3214     ** list here. */
3215     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3216     nList = 0;
3217     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3218       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3219         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3220         nList++;
3221       }
3222     }
3223     assert( pList );
3224   }else{
3225     nList = 1;
3226   }
3227   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3228 
3229   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3230   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3231       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3232   );
3233   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3234     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3235       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3236     }
3237   }
3238 
3239 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3240   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3241   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3242     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3243   }
3244 #endif
3245 
3246   return rc;
3247 }
3248 
3249 /*
3250 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3251 **
3252 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3253 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3254 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3255 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3256 */
3257 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3258   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3259   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3260 
3261   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3262   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3263 
3264   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3265   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3266   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3267   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3268   */
3269   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3270 
3271   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3272   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3273     pager_reset(pPager);
3274     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3275   }
3276 
3277   return rc;
3278 }
3279 #endif
3280 
3281 /*
3282 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3283 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3284 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3285 **
3286 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3287 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3288 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3289 */
3290 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3291   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3292 
3293   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3294   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3295   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3296   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3297   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3298   */
3299   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3300   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3301   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3302   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3303   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3304 
3305   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3306   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3307   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3308   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3309   */
3310   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3311     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3312     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3313     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3314       return rc;
3315     }
3316     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3317   }
3318 
3319   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3320   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3321   ** that the file can be read.
3322   */
3323   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3324     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3325   }
3326 
3327   *pnPage = nPage;
3328   return SQLITE_OK;
3329 }
3330 
3331 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3332 /*
3333 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3334 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3335 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3336 **
3337 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3338 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3339 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3340 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3341 **
3342 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3343 **
3344 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3345 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3346 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3347 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3348 ** other connection.
3349 */
3350 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3351   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3352   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3353   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3354 
3355   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3356     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3357     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3358         pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3359     );
3360     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3361       if( isWal ){
3362         Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3363 
3364         rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3365         if( rc ) return rc;
3366         if( nPage==0 ){
3367           rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3368         }else{
3369           testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3370           rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3371         }
3372       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3373         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3374       }
3375     }
3376   }
3377   return rc;
3378 }
3379 #endif
3380 
3381 /*
3382 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3383 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3384 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3385 ** savepoint.
3386 **
3387 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3388 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3389 ** performed in the order specified:
3390 **
3391 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3392 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3393 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3394 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3395 **
3396 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3397 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3398 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3399 **
3400 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3401 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3402 **     the journal file.
3403 **
3404 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3405 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3406 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3407 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3408 **
3409 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3410 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3411 **
3412 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3413 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3414 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3415 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3416 */
3417 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3418   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3419   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3420   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3421   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3422 
3423   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3424   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3425 
3426   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3427   if( pSavepoint ){
3428     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3429     if( !pDone ){
3430       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3431     }
3432   }
3433 
3434   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3435   ** being reverted was opened.
3436   */
3437   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3438   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3439 
3440   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3441     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3442   }
3443 
3444   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3445   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3446   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3447   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3448   */
3449   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3450   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3451 
3452   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3453   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3454   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3455   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3456   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3457   ** are played back.
3458   */
3459   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3460     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3461     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3462     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3463       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3464     }
3465     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3466   }else{
3467     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3468   }
3469 
3470   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3471   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3472   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3473   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3474   */
3475   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3476     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3477     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3478     u32 dummy;
3479     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3480     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3481 
3482     /*
3483     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3484     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3485     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3486     */
3487     if( nJRec==0
3488      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3489     ){
3490       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3491     }
3492     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3493       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3494     }
3495     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3496   }
3497   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3498 
3499   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3500   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3501   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3502   */
3503   if( pSavepoint ){
3504     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3505     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3506 
3507     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3508       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3509     }
3510     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3511       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3512       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3513     }
3514     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3515   }
3516 
3517   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3518   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3519     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3520   }
3521 
3522   return rc;
3523 }
3524 
3525 /*
3526 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3527 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3528 */
3529 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3530   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3531 }
3532 
3533 /*
3534 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3535 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3536 */
3537 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3538   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3539 }
3540 
3541 /*
3542 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3543 */
3544 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3545 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3546   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3547   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3548     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3549     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3550     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3551     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3552     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3553   }
3554 #endif
3555 }
3556 
3557 /*
3558 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3559 */
3560 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3561   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3562   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3563 }
3564 
3565 /*
3566 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3567 */
3568 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3569   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3570 }
3571 
3572 /*
3573 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3574 **
3575 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3576 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3577 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3578 ** There are four levels:
3579 **
3580 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3581 **              for temporary and transient files.
3582 **
3583 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3584 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3585 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3586 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3587 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3588 **              when it is rolled back.
3589 **
3590 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3591 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3592 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3593 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3594 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3595 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3596 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3597 **
3598 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3599 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3600 **              journal is unlinked.
3601 **
3602 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3603 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3604 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3605 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3606 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3607 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3608 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3609 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3610 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3611 **
3612 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3613 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3614 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3615 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3616 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3617 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3618 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3619 **
3620 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3621 ** and FULL=3.
3622 */
3623 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3624 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3625   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3626   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3627 ){
3628   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3629   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3630     pPager->noSync = 1;
3631     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3632     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3633   }else{
3634     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3635     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3636     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3637   }
3638   if( pPager->noSync ){
3639     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3640   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3641     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3642   }else{
3643     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3644   }
3645   pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2);
3646   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3647     pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags;
3648   }
3649   if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){
3650     pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2);
3651   }
3652   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3653     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3654   }else{
3655     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3656   }
3657 }
3658 #endif
3659 
3660 /*
3661 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3662 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3663 ** testing and analysis only.
3664 */
3665 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3666 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3667 #endif
3668 
3669 /*
3670 ** Open a temporary file.
3671 **
3672 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3673 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3674 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3675 **
3676 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3677 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3678 **
3679 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3680 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3681 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3682 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3683 */
3684 static int pagerOpentemp(
3685   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3686   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3687   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3688 ){
3689   int rc;               /* Return code */
3690 
3691 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3692   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3693 #endif
3694 
3695   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3696             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3697   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3698   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3699   return rc;
3700 }
3701 
3702 /*
3703 ** Set the busy handler function.
3704 **
3705 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3706 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3707 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3708 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3709 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3710 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3711 **
3712 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3713 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3714 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3715 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3716 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3717 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3718 **
3719 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3720 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3721 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3722 */
3723 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
3724   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3725   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3726   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3727 ){
3728   void **ap;
3729   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3730   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3731   ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3732   assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3733   assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3734   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3735 }
3736 
3737 /*
3738 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3739 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3740 **
3741 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3742 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3743 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3744 **
3745 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3746 **
3747 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3748 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3749 **
3750 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3751 **
3752 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3753 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3754 **
3755 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3756 **
3757 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3758 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3759 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3760 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3761 **
3762 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3763 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3764 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3765 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3766 */
3767 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3768   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3769 
3770   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3771   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3772   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3773   **
3774   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3775   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3776   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3777   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3778   */
3779 
3780   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3781   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3782   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3783    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3784    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3785   ){
3786     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3787     i64 nByte = 0;
3788 
3789     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3790       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3791     }
3792     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3793       /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree
3794       * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */
3795       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize+8);
3796       if( !pNew ){
3797         rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3798       }else{
3799         memset(pNew+pageSize, 0, 8);
3800       }
3801     }
3802 
3803     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3804       pager_reset(pPager);
3805       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3806     }
3807     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3808       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3809       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3810       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3811       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3812     }else{
3813       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3814     }
3815   }
3816 
3817   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3818   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3819     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3820     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3821     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3822     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3823     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3824   }
3825   return rc;
3826 }
3827 
3828 /*
3829 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3830 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3831 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3832 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3833 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3834 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3835 */
3836 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3837   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3838 }
3839 
3840 /*
3841 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3842 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3843 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3844 **
3845 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3846 */
3847 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3848   if( mxPage>0 ){
3849     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3850   }
3851   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3852   /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */
3853   /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not
3854   ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this
3855   ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */
3856   return pPager->mxPgno;
3857 }
3858 
3859 /*
3860 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3861 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3862 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3863 **
3864 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3865 ** and generate no code.
3866 */
3867 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3868 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3869 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3870 static int saved_cnt;
3871 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3872   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3873   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3874 }
3875 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3876   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3877 }
3878 #else
3879 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3880 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3881 #endif
3882 
3883 /*
3884 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3885 ** that pDest points to.
3886 **
3887 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3888 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3889 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3890 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3891 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3892 **
3893 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3894 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3895 ** output buffer undefined.
3896 */
3897 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3898   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3899   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3900   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3901 
3902   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3903   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3904   ** to WAL mode yet.
3905   */
3906   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3907 
3908   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3909     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3910     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3911     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3912       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3913     }
3914   }
3915   return rc;
3916 }
3917 
3918 /*
3919 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3920 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3921 **
3922 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3923 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3924 */
3925 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3926   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3927   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3928   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3929 }
3930 
3931 
3932 /*
3933 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3934 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3935 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3936 **
3937 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3938 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3939 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3940 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3941 **
3942 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3943 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3944 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3945 */
3946 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3947   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3948 
3949   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3950   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3951   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3952   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3953   */
3954   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3955        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3956        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3957   );
3958 
3959   do {
3960     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3961   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3962   return rc;
3963 }
3964 
3965 /*
3966 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3967 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3968 **
3969 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3970 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3971 **
3972 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3973 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3974 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3975 **
3976 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3977 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3978 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3979 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3980 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3981 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3982 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3983 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3984 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3985 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3986 */
3987 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3988 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3989   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3990   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3991 }
3992 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3993   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3994 }
3995 #else
3996 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3997 #endif
3998 
3999 /*
4000 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
4001 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
4002 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
4003 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
4004 **
4005 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
4006 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
4007 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
4008 ** then continue writing to the database.
4009 */
4010 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
4011   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
4012   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
4013   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
4014 
4015   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
4016   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
4017   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
4018   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
4019   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
4020   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
4021   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
4022   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
4023   ** is no longer correct. */
4024 }
4025 
4026 
4027 /*
4028 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
4029 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
4030 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
4031 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
4032 **
4033 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
4034 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
4035 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
4036 ** content as this process.
4037 **
4038 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
4039 ** an SQLite error code.
4040 */
4041 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
4042   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4043   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4044     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
4045   }
4046   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4047     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
4048   }
4049   return rc;
4050 }
4051 
4052 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
4053 /*
4054 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
4055 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
4056 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
4057 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
4058 ** *ppPage to zero.
4059 **
4060 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
4061 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
4062 */
4063 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
4064   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
4065   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
4066   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
4067   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
4068 ){
4069   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
4070 
4071   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
4072     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4073     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
4074     p->pDirty = 0;
4075     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
4076     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
4077   }else{
4078     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
4079     if( p==0 ){
4080       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4081       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4082     }
4083     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4084     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4085     p->nRef = 1;
4086     p->pPager = pPager;
4087   }
4088 
4089   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4090   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4091   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4092   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4093   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4094 
4095   p->pgno = pgno;
4096   p->pData = pData;
4097   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4098 
4099   return SQLITE_OK;
4100 }
4101 #endif
4102 
4103 /*
4104 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4105 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4106 */
4107 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4108   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4109   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4110   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4111   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4112 
4113   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4114   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4115 }
4116 
4117 /*
4118 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4119 */
4120 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4121   PgHdr *p;
4122   PgHdr *pNext;
4123   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4124     pNext = p->pDirty;
4125     sqlite3_free(p);
4126   }
4127 }
4128 
4129 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4130 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought
4131 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4132 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4133 */
4134 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4135   int bHasMoved = 0;
4136   int rc;
4137 
4138   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4139   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4140   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4141   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4142   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4143     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4144     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4145     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4146     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4147   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4148     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4149   }
4150   return rc;
4151 }
4152 
4153 
4154 /*
4155 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4156 **
4157 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4158 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4159 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4160 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4161 ** result in a coredump.
4162 **
4163 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4164 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4165 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4166 ** to the caller.
4167 */
4168 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4169   u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4170   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4171   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4172   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4173   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4174   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4175   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4176   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4177 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4178   {
4179     u8 *a = 0;
4180     assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4181     if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose)
4182      && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager)
4183     ){
4184       a = pTmp;
4185     }
4186     sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a);
4187     pPager->pWal = 0;
4188   }
4189 #endif
4190   pager_reset(pPager);
4191   if( MEMDB ){
4192     pager_unlock(pPager);
4193   }else{
4194     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4195     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4196     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4197     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4198     **
4199     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4200     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4201     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4202     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4203     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4204     */
4205     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4206       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4207     }
4208     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4209   }
4210   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4211   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4212   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4213   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4214   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4215   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4216   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4217   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4218 
4219 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4220   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4221 #endif
4222 
4223   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4224   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4225 
4226   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4227   return SQLITE_OK;
4228 }
4229 
4230 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4231 /*
4232 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4233 */
4234 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4235   return pPg->pgno;
4236 }
4237 #endif
4238 
4239 /*
4240 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4241 */
4242 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4243   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4244 }
4245 
4246 /*
4247 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4248 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4249 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4250 **
4251 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4252 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4253 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4254 **
4255 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4256 **     be taken.
4257 **
4258 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4259 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4260 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4261 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4262 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4263 **
4264 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4265 **     journal file is synced.
4266 **
4267 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4268 **
4269 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4270 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4271 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4272 **       <update nRec field>
4273 **     }
4274 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4275 **   }
4276 **
4277 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4278 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4279 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4280 */
4281 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4282   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4283 
4284   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4285        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4286   );
4287   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4288   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4289 
4290   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4291   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4292 
4293   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4294     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4295     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4296       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4297       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4298 
4299       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4300         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4301         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4302         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4303         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4304         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4305         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4306         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4307         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4308         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4309         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4310         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4311         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4312         **
4313         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4314         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4315         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4316         **
4317         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4318         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4319         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4320         ** the potential journal header.
4321         */
4322         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4323         u8 aMagic[8];
4324         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4325 
4326         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4327         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4328 
4329         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4330         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4331         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4332           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4333           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4334         }
4335         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4336           return rc;
4337         }
4338 
4339         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4340         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4341         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4342         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4343         **
4344         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4345         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4346         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4347         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4348         ** and never needs to be updated.
4349         */
4350         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4351           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4352           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4353           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4354           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4355         }
4356         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4357         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4358             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4359         );
4360         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4361       }
4362       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4363         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4364         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4365         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4366           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4367         );
4368         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4369       }
4370 
4371       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4372       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4373         pPager->nRec = 0;
4374         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4375         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4376       }
4377     }else{
4378       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4379     }
4380   }
4381 
4382   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4383   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4384   ** all pages.
4385   */
4386   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4387   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4388   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4389   return SQLITE_OK;
4390 }
4391 
4392 /*
4393 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4394 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4395 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4396 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4397 ** a no-op.
4398 **
4399 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4400 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4401 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4402 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4403 **
4404 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4405 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4406 ** written out.
4407 **
4408 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4409 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4410 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4411 **
4412 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4413 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4414 **
4415 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4416 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4417 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4418 ** the database file.
4419 **
4420 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4421 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4422 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4423 */
4424 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4425   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4426 
4427   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4428   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4429   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4430   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4431   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4432 
4433   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4434   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4435   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4436   */
4437   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4438     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4439     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4440   }
4441 
4442   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4443   ** file size will be.
4444   */
4445   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4446   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4447    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4448    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4449   ){
4450     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4451     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4452     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4453   }
4454 
4455   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4456     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4457 
4458     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4459     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4460     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4461     ** any such pages to the file.
4462     **
4463     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4464     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4465     */
4466     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4467       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4468       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4469 
4470       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4471       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4472 
4473       /* Encode the database */
4474       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
4475 
4476       /* Write out the page data. */
4477       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4478 
4479       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4480       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4481       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4482       */
4483       if( pgno==1 ){
4484         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4485       }
4486       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4487         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4488       }
4489       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4490 
4491       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4492       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4493 
4494       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4495                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4496       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4497       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4498     }else{
4499       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4500     }
4501     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4502     pList = pList->pDirty;
4503   }
4504 
4505   return rc;
4506 }
4507 
4508 /*
4509 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4510 ** function is a no-op.
4511 **
4512 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4513 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4514 ** fails.
4515 */
4516 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4517   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4518   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4519     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4520       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4521       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4522     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4523     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4524       nStmtSpill = -1;
4525     }
4526     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4527   }
4528   return rc;
4529 }
4530 
4531 /*
4532 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4533 **
4534 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4535 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4536 **
4537 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4538 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4539 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4540 ** bitvec.
4541 */
4542 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4543   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4544   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4545   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4546 
4547     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4548     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4549     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4550     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4551     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4552          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4553          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4554     );
4555     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4556 
4557     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4558     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4559     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4560       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4561       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4562       char *pData2;
4563 
4564 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4565       if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){
4566         CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
4567       }else
4568 #endif
4569       pData2 = pData;
4570       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4571       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4572       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4573         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4574       }
4575     }
4576   }
4577   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4578     pPager->nSubRec++;
4579     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4580     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4581   }
4582   return rc;
4583 }
4584 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4585   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4586     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4587   }else{
4588     return SQLITE_OK;
4589   }
4590 }
4591 
4592 /*
4593 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4594 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4595 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4596 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4597 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4598 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4599 ** argument.
4600 **
4601 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4602 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4603 ** journal file.
4604 **
4605 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4606 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4607 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4608 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4609 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4610 */
4611 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4612   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4613   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4614 
4615   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4616   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4617 
4618   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4619   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4620   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4621   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4622   **
4623   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4624   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4625   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4626   **
4627   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4628   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4629   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4630   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4631   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4632   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4633   */
4634   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4635   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4636   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4637   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4638   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4639    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4640       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4641   ){
4642     return SQLITE_OK;
4643   }
4644 
4645   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++;
4646   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4647   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4648     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4649     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4650     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4651       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4652     }
4653   }else{
4654 
4655 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4656     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
4657       rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
4658       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4659     }
4660 #endif
4661 
4662     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4663     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4664      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4665     ){
4666       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4667     }
4668 
4669     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4670     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4671       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4672       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4673     }
4674   }
4675 
4676   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4677   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4678     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4679     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4680   }
4681 
4682   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4683 }
4684 
4685 /*
4686 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4687 */
4688 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4689   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4690   if( !MEMDB ){
4691     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4692     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4693     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4694       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4695       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4696         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4697       }
4698       pList = pNext;
4699     }
4700   }
4701 
4702   return rc;
4703 }
4704 
4705 /*
4706 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4707 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4708 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4709 **
4710 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4711 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4712 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4713 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4714 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4715 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4716 **
4717 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4718 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4719 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4720 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4721 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4722 **
4723 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4724 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4725 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4726 **
4727 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4728 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4729 **
4730 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4731 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4732 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4733 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4734 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4735 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4736 */
4737 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4738   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4739   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4740   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4741   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4742   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4743   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4744   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4745 ){
4746   u8 *pPtr;
4747   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4748   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4749   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4750   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4751 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4752   int memJM = 0;           /* Memory journal mode */
4753 #else
4754 # define memJM 0
4755 #endif
4756   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4757   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4758   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4759   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4760   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4761   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4762   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4763   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4764   int nUriByte = 1;        /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4765   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of URI parameters */
4766 
4767   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4768   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4769   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4770 
4771   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4772   *ppPager = 0;
4773 
4774 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4775   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4776     memDb = 1;
4777     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4778       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4779       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4780       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4781       zFilename = 0;
4782     }
4783   }
4784 #endif
4785 
4786   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4787   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4788   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4789   */
4790   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4791     const char *z;
4792     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4793     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4794     if( zPathname==0 ){
4795       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4796     }
4797     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4798     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4799     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4800       if( rc==SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK ){
4801         if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW ){
4802           rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK;
4803         }else{
4804           rc = SQLITE_OK;
4805         }
4806       }
4807     }
4808     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4809     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4810     while( *z ){
4811       z += strlen(z)+1;
4812       z += strlen(z)+1;
4813       nUri++;
4814     }
4815     nUriByte = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4816     assert( nUriByte>=1 );
4817     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4818       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4819       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4820       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4821       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4822       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4823       */
4824       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4825     }
4826     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4827       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4828       return rc;
4829     }
4830   }
4831 
4832   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4833   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4834   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4835   **
4836   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4837   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4838   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4839   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4840   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4841   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4842   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4843   */
4844   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4845     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4846     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4847     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4848     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4849     nPathname + 1 + nUriByte +     /* zFilename */
4850     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4851 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4852     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4853 #endif
4854   );
4855   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4856   if( !pPtr ){
4857     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4858     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4859   }
4860   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4861   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4862   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4863   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4864   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4865   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4866   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4867 
4868   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4869   if( zPathname ){
4870     assert( nPathname>0 );
4871     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4872     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUriByte);
4873     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUriByte);
4874     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4875     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 8);
4876     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4877 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4878     pPager->zWal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 8 + 2);
4879     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4880     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal", 4);
4881     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4882     assert( sqlite3UriCount(pPager->zWal)==0 );
4883 #endif
4884     assert( sqlite3UriCount(pPager->zFilename)==nUri );
4885     assert( sqlite3UriCount(pPager->zJournal)==0 );
4886     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4887   }
4888   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4889   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4890 
4891   /* Open the pager file.
4892   */
4893   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4894     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4895     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4896     assert( !memDb );
4897 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4898     memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
4899 #endif
4900     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0;
4901 
4902     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4903     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4904     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4905     **
4906     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4907     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4908     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4909     */
4910     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4911       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4912       if( !readOnly ){
4913         setSectorSize(pPager);
4914         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4915         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4916           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4917             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4918           }else{
4919             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4920           }
4921         }
4922 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4923         {
4924           int ii;
4925           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4926           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4927           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4928           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4929             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4930               szPageDflt = ii;
4931             }
4932           }
4933         }
4934 #endif
4935       }
4936       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4937       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4938        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4939           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4940           goto act_like_temp_file;
4941       }
4942     }
4943   }else{
4944     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4945     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4946     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4947     **
4948     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4949     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4950     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4951     **
4952     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4953     */
4954 act_like_temp_file:
4955     tempFile = 1;
4956     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4957     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4958     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4959     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4960   }
4961 
4962   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4963   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4964   */
4965   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4966     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4967     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4968     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4969   }
4970 
4971   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4972   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4973     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4974     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4975     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4976                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4977   }
4978 
4979   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4980   */
4981   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4982     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4983     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4984     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4985     return rc;
4986   }
4987 
4988   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4989   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4990 
4991   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4992   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4993   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4994   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4995   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4996   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4997   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4998   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4999   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
5000   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
5001   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
5002   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
5003           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
5004   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
5005   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
5006   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
5007   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
5008   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
5009   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
5010   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
5011   if( pPager->noSync ){
5012     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
5013     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
5014     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
5015     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
5016   }else{
5017     pPager->fullSync = 1;
5018     pPager->extraSync = 0;
5019     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
5020     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2);
5021   }
5022   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
5023   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
5024   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
5025   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
5026   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
5027   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
5028   setSectorSize(pPager);
5029   if( !useJournal ){
5030     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
5031   }else if( memDb || memJM ){
5032     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
5033   }
5034   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
5035   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
5036   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
5037   setGetterMethod(pPager);
5038   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
5039   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
5040 
5041   *ppPager = pPager;
5042   return SQLITE_OK;
5043 }
5044 
5045 
5046 
5047 /*
5048 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
5049 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
5050 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
5051 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
5052 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
5053 **
5054 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
5055 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
5056 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
5057 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5058 **
5059 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5060 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5061 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5062 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5063 ** is returned.
5064 **
5065 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
5066 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
5067 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5068 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5069 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5070 ** will not roll it back.
5071 **
5072 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5073 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5074 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5075 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5076 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5077 */
5078 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
5079   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5080   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
5081   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
5082   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
5083 
5084   assert( pPager->useJournal );
5085   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5086   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5087 
5088   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
5089     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5090   ));
5091 
5092   *pExists = 0;
5093   if( !jrnlOpen ){
5094     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
5095   }
5096   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
5097     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5098 
5099     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
5100     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5101     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5102     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
5103     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5104     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
5105     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
5106     */
5107     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
5108     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
5109       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
5110 
5111       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5112       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5113       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5114         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5115         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5116         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5117         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5118         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
5119         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5120         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5121         */
5122         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5123           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5124           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5125             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5126             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5127           }
5128           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5129         }else{
5130           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5131           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5132           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5133           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5134           ** it can be ignored.
5135           */
5136           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5137             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5138             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5139           }
5140           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5141             u8 first = 0;
5142             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5143             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5144               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5145             }
5146             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5147               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5148             }
5149             *pExists = (first!=0);
5150           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5151             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5152             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5153             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5154             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5155             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5156             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5157             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5158             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5159             */
5160             *pExists = 1;
5161             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5162           }
5163         }
5164       }
5165     }
5166   }
5167 
5168   return rc;
5169 }
5170 
5171 /*
5172 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5173 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5174 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5175 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5176 **
5177 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5178 **
5179 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5180 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5181 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5182 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5183 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5184 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5185 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5186 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5187 **
5188 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5189 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5190 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5191 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5192 **      file.
5193 **
5194 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5195 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5196 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5197 */
5198 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5199   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5200 
5201   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5202   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5203   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5204   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5205   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5206   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5207   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5208   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5209 
5210   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5211     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5212 
5213     assert( !MEMDB );
5214     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5215 
5216     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5217     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5218       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5219       goto failed;
5220     }
5221 
5222     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5223     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5224     */
5225     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5226       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5227     }
5228     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5229       goto failed;
5230     }
5231     if( bHotJournal ){
5232       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5233         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5234         goto failed;
5235       }
5236 
5237       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5238       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5239       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5240       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5241       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5242       ** hot-journal back.
5243       **
5244       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5245       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5246       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5247       ** on the database file.
5248       **
5249       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5250       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5251       */
5252       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5253       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5254         goto failed;
5255       }
5256 
5257       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5258       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5259       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5260       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5261       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5262       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5263       **
5264       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5265       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5266       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5267       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5268       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5269       */
5270       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5271         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5272         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5273         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5274             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5275         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5276           int fout = 0;
5277           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5278           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5279           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5280           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5281           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5282             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5283             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5284           }
5285         }
5286       }
5287 
5288       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5289       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5290       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5291       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5292       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5293       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5294       ** the journal before playing it back.
5295       */
5296       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5297         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5298         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5299         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5300           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5301           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5302         }
5303       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5304         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5305       }
5306 
5307       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5308         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5309         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5310         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5311         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5312         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5313         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5314         **
5315         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5316         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5317         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5318         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5319         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5320         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5321         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5322         ** references.
5323         */
5324         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5325         goto failed;
5326       }
5327 
5328       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5329       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5330            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5331       );
5332     }
5333 
5334     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5335       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5336       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5337       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5338       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5339       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5340       **
5341       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5342       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5343       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5344       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5345       ** a codec is in use.
5346       **
5347       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5348       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5349       ** it can be neglected.
5350       */
5351       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5352 
5353       IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5354       rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5355       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5356         if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5357           goto failed;
5358         }
5359         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5360       }
5361 
5362       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5363         pager_reset(pPager);
5364 
5365         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5366         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5367         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5368         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5369         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5370         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5371         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5372           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5373         }
5374       }
5375     }
5376 
5377     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5378     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5379     */
5380     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5381 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5382     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5383 #endif
5384   }
5385 
5386   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5387     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5388     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5389   }
5390 
5391   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5392     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5393   }
5394 
5395  failed:
5396   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5397     assert( !MEMDB );
5398     pager_unlock(pPager);
5399     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5400   }else{
5401     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5402     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5403   }
5404   return rc;
5405 }
5406 
5407 /*
5408 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5409 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5410 **
5411 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5412 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5413 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5414 */
5415 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5416   if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
5417     assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5418     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5419   }
5420 }
5421 
5422 /*
5423 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5424 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5425 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5426 **
5427 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5428 ** on the current state of the pager.
5429 **
5430 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5431 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5432 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5433 **
5434 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5435 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5436 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5437 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5438 ** object with no outstanding references.
5439 **
5440 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5441 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5442 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5443 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5444 **
5445 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5446 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5447 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5448 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5449 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5450 **
5451 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5452 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5453 **
5454 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5455 **
5456 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5457 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5458 **      from the savepoint journal.
5459 **
5460 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5461 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5462 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5463 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5464 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5465 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5466 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5467 **
5468 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5469 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5470 **
5471 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5472 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5473 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5474 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5475 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5476 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5477 ** or journal files.
5478 */
5479 static int getPageNormal(
5480   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5481   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5482   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5483   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5484 ){
5485   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5486   PgHdr *pPg;
5487   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5488   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5489 
5490   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5491   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5492   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5493   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5494 
5495   if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5496   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5497   if( pBase==0 ){
5498     pPg = 0;
5499     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5500     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5501     if( pBase==0 ){
5502       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5503       goto pager_acquire_err;
5504     }
5505   }
5506   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5507   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5508   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5509   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5510 
5511   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5512   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5513     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5514     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5515     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5516     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5517     return SQLITE_OK;
5518 
5519   }else{
5520     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5521     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5522     **
5523     ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
5524     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5525     */
5526     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5527       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5528       goto pager_acquire_err;
5529     }
5530 
5531     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5532 
5533     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5534     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5535       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5536         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5537         goto pager_acquire_err;
5538       }
5539       if( noContent ){
5540         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5541         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5542         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5543         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5544         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5545         */
5546         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5547         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5548           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5549           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5550         }
5551         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5552         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5553         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5554       }
5555       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5556       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5557     }else{
5558       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5559       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5560       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
5561       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5562         goto pager_acquire_err;
5563       }
5564     }
5565     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5566   }
5567   return SQLITE_OK;
5568 
5569 pager_acquire_err:
5570   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5571   if( pPg ){
5572     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5573   }
5574   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5575   *ppPage = 0;
5576   return rc;
5577 }
5578 
5579 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5580 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5581 static int getPageMMap(
5582   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5583   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5584   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5585   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5586 ){
5587   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5588   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5589   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5590 
5591   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5592   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5593   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5594   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5595   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5596    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5597   );
5598 
5599   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5600 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5601   assert( pPager->xCodec==0 );
5602 #endif
5603 
5604   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5605   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5606   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5607   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5608   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5609     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5610   }
5611   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5612   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5613   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5614   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5615 
5616   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5617     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5618     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5619       *ppPage = 0;
5620       return rc;
5621     }
5622   }
5623   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5624     void *pData = 0;
5625     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5626         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5627     );
5628     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5629       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5630         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5631       }
5632       if( pPg==0 ){
5633         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5634       }else{
5635         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5636       }
5637       if( pPg ){
5638         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5639         *ppPage = pPg;
5640         return SQLITE_OK;
5641       }
5642     }
5643     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5644       *ppPage = 0;
5645       return rc;
5646     }
5647   }
5648   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5649 }
5650 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5651 
5652 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5653 static int getPageError(
5654   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5655   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5656   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5657   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5658 ){
5659   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5660   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5661   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5662   *ppPage = 0;
5663   return pPager->errCode;
5664 }
5665 
5666 
5667 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5668 */
5669 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5670   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5671   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5672   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5673   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5674 ){
5675   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5676 }
5677 
5678 /*
5679 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5680 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5681 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5682 **
5683 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5684 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5685 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5686 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5687 ** has ever happened.
5688 */
5689 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5690   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5691   assert( pPager!=0 );
5692   assert( pgno!=0 );
5693   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5694   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5695   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5696   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5697   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5698 }
5699 
5700 /*
5701 ** Release a page reference.
5702 **
5703 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be
5704 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page.
5705 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5706 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5707 **
5708 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1.  This latter routine
5709 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5710 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5711 */
5712 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5713   TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; )
5714   assert( pPg!=0 );
5715   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5716     assert( pPg->pgno!=1 );  /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5717     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5718   }else{
5719     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5720   }
5721   /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5722   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
5723 }
5724 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5725   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5726 }
5727 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
5728   Pager *pPager;
5729   assert( pPg!=0 );
5730   assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
5731   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5732   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5733   sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager);
5734   sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5735   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5736 }
5737 
5738 /*
5739 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5740 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5741 ** file when this routine is called.
5742 **
5743 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5744 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5745 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5746 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5747 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5748 **
5749 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5750 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5751 ** already open file.
5752 **
5753 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5754 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5755 **
5756 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5757 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5758 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5759 */
5760 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5761   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5762   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5763 
5764   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5765   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5766   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5767 
5768   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5769   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5770   ** an error state. */
5771   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5772 
5773   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5774     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5775     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5776       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5777     }
5778 
5779     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5780     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5781       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5782         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5783       }else{
5784         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5785         int nSpill;
5786 
5787         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5788           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5789           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5790         }else{
5791           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5792           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5793         }
5794 
5795         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5796         ** it was originally opened. */
5797         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5798         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5799           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5800               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5801           );
5802         }
5803       }
5804       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5805     }
5806 
5807 
5808     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5809     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5810     */
5811     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5812       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5813       pPager->nRec = 0;
5814       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5815       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5816       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5817       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5818     }
5819   }
5820 
5821   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5822     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5823     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5824   }else{
5825     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5826     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5827   }
5828 
5829   return rc;
5830 }
5831 
5832 /*
5833 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5834 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5835 **
5836 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5837 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5838 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5839 ** functions need be called.
5840 **
5841 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5842 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5843 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5844 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5845 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5846 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5847 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5848 */
5849 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5850   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5851 
5852   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5853   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5854   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5855 
5856   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5857     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5858 
5859     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5860       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5861       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5862       */
5863       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5864         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5865         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5866           return rc;
5867         }
5868         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5869       }
5870 
5871       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5872       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5873       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5874       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5875       */
5876       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5877     }else{
5878       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5879       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5880       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5881       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5882       */
5883       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5884       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5885         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5886       }
5887     }
5888 
5889     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5890       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5891       **
5892       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5893       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5894       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5895       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5896       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5897       ** WAL mode.
5898       */
5899       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5900       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5901       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5902       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5903       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5904     }
5905 
5906     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5907     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5908     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5909   }
5910 
5911   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5912   return rc;
5913 }
5914 
5915 /*
5916 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5917 */
5918 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5919   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5920   int rc;
5921   u32 cksum;
5922   char *pData2;
5923   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5924 
5925   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5926   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5927   ** that we do not. */
5928   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5929 
5930   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5931   CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
5932   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5933 
5934   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5935   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5936   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5937   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5938   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5939   ** then corruption may follow.
5940   */
5941   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5942 
5943   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5944   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5945   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5946   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5947   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5948   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5949 
5950   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5951            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5952   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5953   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5954        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5955        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5956 
5957   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5958   pPager->nRec++;
5959   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5960   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5961   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5962   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5963   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5964   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5965   return rc;
5966 }
5967 
5968 /*
5969 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5970 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5971 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5972 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5973 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5974 */
5975 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5976   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5977   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5978 
5979   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5980   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5981   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5982   */
5983   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5984        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5985        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5986   );
5987   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5988   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5989   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5990   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5991 
5992   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5993   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5994   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5995   **
5996   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5997   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5998   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5999   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
6000   */
6001   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6002     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
6003     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
6004   }
6005   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
6006   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6007 
6008   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
6009   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
6010 
6011   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
6012   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
6013   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
6014   */
6015   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
6016   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
6017    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
6018   ){
6019     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
6020     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6021       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
6022       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6023         return rc;
6024       }
6025     }else{
6026       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
6027         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6028       }
6029       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
6030               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
6031              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
6032     }
6033   }
6034 
6035   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
6036   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
6037   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
6038   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
6039   */
6040   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6041 
6042   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
6043   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
6044   */
6045   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
6046     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6047   }
6048 
6049   /* Update the database size and return. */
6050   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
6051     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
6052   }
6053   return rc;
6054 }
6055 
6056 /*
6057 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
6058 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6059 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
6060 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6061 ** a write.
6062 **
6063 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6064 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
6065 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6066 */
6067 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
6068   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
6069   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
6070   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6071   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6072   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
6073   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6074   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6075   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
6076 
6077   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6078   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6079   ** this function.
6080   */
6081   assert( !MEMDB );
6082   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
6083   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6084 
6085   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6086   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6087   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6088   */
6089   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
6090 
6091   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
6092   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
6093     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
6094   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
6095     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
6096   }else{
6097     nPage = nPagePerSector;
6098   }
6099   assert(nPage>0);
6100   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
6101   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
6102 
6103   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
6104     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
6105     PgHdr *pPage;
6106     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
6107       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
6108         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
6109         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6110           rc = pager_write(pPage);
6111           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6112             needSync = 1;
6113           }
6114           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6115         }
6116       }
6117     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
6118       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6119         needSync = 1;
6120       }
6121       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6122     }
6123   }
6124 
6125   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6126   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6127   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6128   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6129   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6130   */
6131   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6132     assert( !MEMDB );
6133     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6134       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6135       if( pPage ){
6136         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6137         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6138       }
6139     }
6140   }
6141 
6142   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6143   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6144   return rc;
6145 }
6146 
6147 /*
6148 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6149 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6150 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6151 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6152 **
6153 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6154 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6155 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6156 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6157 **
6158 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6159 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6160 */
6161 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6162   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6163   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6164   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6165   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6166   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6167     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6168     return SQLITE_OK;
6169   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6170     return pPager->errCode;
6171   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6172     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6173     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6174   }else{
6175     return pager_write(pPg);
6176   }
6177 }
6178 
6179 /*
6180 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6181 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6182 ** to change the content of the page.
6183 */
6184 #ifndef NDEBUG
6185 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6186   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6187 }
6188 #endif
6189 
6190 /*
6191 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6192 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6193 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6194 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6195 ** content no longer matters.
6196 **
6197 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6198 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6199 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6200 **
6201 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6202 ** DELETE operations.
6203 **
6204 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6205 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6206 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6207 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6208 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6209 */
6210 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6211   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6212   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6213     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6214     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6215     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6216     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6217     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6218     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6219   }
6220 }
6221 
6222 /*
6223 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6224 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6225 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6226 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6227 **
6228 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6229 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6230 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6231 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6232 **
6233 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6234 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6235 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6236 ** transaction is committed.
6237 **
6238 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6239 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6240 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6241 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6242 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6243 */
6244 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6245   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6246 
6247   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6248        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6249   );
6250   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6251 
6252   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6253   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6254   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6255   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6256   **
6257   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6258   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6259   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6260   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6261   */
6262 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6263 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6264   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6265   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6266 #else
6267 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6268 #endif
6269 
6270   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6271     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6272 
6273     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6274 
6275     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6276     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6277     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6278 
6279     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6280     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6281     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6282     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6283     */
6284     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6285       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6286     }
6287 
6288     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6289       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6290       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6291 
6292       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6293       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6294         const void *zBuf;
6295         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6296         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
6297         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6298           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6299           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6300         }
6301         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6302           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6303           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6304           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6305           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6306           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6307           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6308         }
6309       }else{
6310         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6311       }
6312     }
6313 
6314     /* Release the page reference. */
6315     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6316   }
6317   return rc;
6318 }
6319 
6320 /*
6321 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6322 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6323 **
6324 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6325 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6326 */
6327 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6328   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6329   void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6330   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6331   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6332   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6333     assert( !MEMDB );
6334     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6335   }
6336   return rc;
6337 }
6338 
6339 /*
6340 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6341 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6342 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6343 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6344 **
6345 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6346 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6347 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6348 ** returned.
6349 */
6350 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6351   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6352   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6353   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6354     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6355          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6356          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6357     );
6358     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6359     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6360       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6361     }
6362   }
6363   return rc;
6364 }
6365 
6366 /*
6367 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6368 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6369 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6370 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6371 **
6372 ** This routine ensures that:
6373 **
6374 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6375 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6376 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6377 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6378 **   * the database file synced.
6379 **
6380 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6381 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6382 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6383 **
6384 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6385 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6386 **
6387 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6388 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6389 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6390 ** journal file in this case.
6391 */
6392 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6393   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6394   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6395   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6396 ){
6397   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6398 
6399   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6400        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6401        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6402        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6403   );
6404   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6405 
6406   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6407   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6408 
6409   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6410   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6411 
6412   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6413       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6414 
6415   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6416   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6417 
6418   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6419   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6420   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6421     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6422     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6423     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6424     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6425   }else{
6426     PgHdr *pList;
6427     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6428       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6429       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6430       if( pList==0 ){
6431         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6432         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6433         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6434         pList = pPageOne;
6435         pList->pDirty = 0;
6436       }
6437       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6438       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6439         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6440       }
6441       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6442       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6443         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6444       }
6445     }else{
6446       /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6447       ** should be used.  No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6448       ** is enabled.
6449       */
6450 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6451       sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
6452       int bBatch = zMaster==0    /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6453         && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
6454         && !pPager->noSync
6455         && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
6456 #else
6457 #     define bBatch 0
6458 #endif
6459 
6460 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6461       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6462       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6463       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6464       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6465       **
6466       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6467       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6468       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6469       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6470       **
6471       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6472       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6473       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6474       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6475       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6476       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6477       ** mode.
6478       **
6479       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6480       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6481       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6482       ** created for this transaction.
6483       */
6484       if( bBatch==0 ){
6485         PgHdr *pPg;
6486         assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6487             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6488             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6489             );
6490         if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6491          && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6492          && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6493          && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6494         ){
6495           /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6496           ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6497           ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6498           ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6499           ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6500           */
6501           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6502         }else{
6503           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6504           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6505             rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6506           }
6507         }
6508       }
6509 #else  /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6510 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6511       if( zMaster ){
6512         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6513         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6514         assert( bBatch==0 );
6515       }
6516 #endif
6517       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6518 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6519       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6520 
6521       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6522       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6523       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6524       */
6525       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6526       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6527 
6528       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6529       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6530       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6531       **
6532       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6533       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6534       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6535       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6536       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6537       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6538       */
6539       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6540       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6541 
6542       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6543 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6544       if( bBatch ){
6545         rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6546         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6547           rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6548           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6549             rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6550           }
6551           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6552             sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6553           }
6554         }
6555 
6556         if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
6557           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6558           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6559             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6560             goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6561           }
6562           bBatch = 0;
6563         }else{
6564           sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6565         }
6566       }
6567 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6568 
6569       if( bBatch==0 ){
6570         rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6571       }
6572       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6573         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6574         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6575       }
6576       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6577 
6578       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6579       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6580       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6581       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6582       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6583       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6584       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6585         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6586         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6587         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6588         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6589       }
6590 
6591       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6592       if( !noSync ){
6593         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6594       }
6595       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6596     }
6597   }
6598 
6599 commit_phase_one_exit:
6600   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6601     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6602   }
6603   return rc;
6604 }
6605 
6606 
6607 /*
6608 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6609 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6610 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6611 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6612 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6613 **
6614 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6615 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6616 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6617 ** irrevocably committed.
6618 **
6619 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6620 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6621 */
6622 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6623   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6624 
6625   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6626   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6627   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6628   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6629   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6630 
6631   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6632        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6633        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6634   );
6635   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6636 
6637   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6638   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6639   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6640   **
6641   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6642   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6643   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6644   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6645   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6646   ** to drop any locks either.
6647   */
6648   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6649    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6650    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6651   ){
6652     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6653     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6654     return SQLITE_OK;
6655   }
6656 
6657   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6658   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6659   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6660 }
6661 
6662 /*
6663 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6664 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6665 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6666 ** state if an error occurs.
6667 **
6668 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6669 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6670 **
6671 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6672 **
6673 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6674 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6675 **      was opened, and
6676 **
6677 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6678 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6679 **
6680 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6681 ** rollback is successful.
6682 **
6683 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6684 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6685 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6686 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6687 */
6688 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6689   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6690   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6691 
6692   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6693   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6694   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6695   */
6696   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6697   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6698   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6699 
6700   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6701     int rc2;
6702     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6703     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6704     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6705   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6706     int eState = pPager->eState;
6707     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6708     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6709       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6710       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6711       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6712       */
6713       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6714       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6715       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6716       return rc;
6717     }
6718   }else{
6719     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6720   }
6721 
6722   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6723   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6724           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6725           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6726   );
6727 
6728   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6729   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6730   */
6731   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6732 }
6733 
6734 /*
6735 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6736 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6737 */
6738 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6739   return pPager->readOnly;
6740 }
6741 
6742 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6743 /*
6744 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6745 */
6746 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6747   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6748 }
6749 #endif
6750 
6751 /*
6752 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6753 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6754 */
6755 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6756   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6757                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6758   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6759            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6760            + pPager->pageSize;
6761 }
6762 
6763 /*
6764 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6765 */
6766 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6767   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6768 }
6769 
6770 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6771 /*
6772 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6773 */
6774 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6775   static int a[11];
6776   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6777   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6778   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6779   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6780   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6781   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6782   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6783   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6784   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6785   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6786   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6787   return a;
6788 }
6789 #endif
6790 
6791 /*
6792 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE,
6793 ** or _WRITE+1.  The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation
6794 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL.  The _SPILL case is not contiguous because
6795 ** it was added later.
6796 **
6797 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6798 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6799 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6800 ** returning.
6801 */
6802 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6803 
6804   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6805        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6806        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6807        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1
6808   );
6809 
6810   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6811   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6812   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1
6813            && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 );
6814 
6815   eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT;
6816   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat];
6817   if( reset ){
6818     pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0;
6819   }
6820 }
6821 
6822 /*
6823 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6824 */
6825 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6826   return pPager->tempFile;
6827 }
6828 
6829 /*
6830 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6831 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6832 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6833 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6834 **
6835 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6836 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6837 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6838 */
6839 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6840   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6841   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6842   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6843   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6844 
6845   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6846   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6847   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6848 
6849   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6850   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6851   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6852   */
6853   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6854       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6855   );
6856   if( !aNew ){
6857     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6858   }
6859   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6860   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6861 
6862   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6863   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6864     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6865     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6866       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6867     }else{
6868       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6869     }
6870     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6871     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6872     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6873       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6874     }
6875     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6876       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6877     }
6878     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6879   }
6880   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6881   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6882   return rc;
6883 }
6884 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6885   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6886   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6887 
6888   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6889     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6890   }else{
6891     return SQLITE_OK;
6892   }
6893 }
6894 
6895 
6896 /*
6897 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6898 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6899 ** created savepoint.
6900 **
6901 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6902 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6903 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6904 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6905 **
6906 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6907 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6908 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6909 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6910 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6911 **
6912 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6913 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6914 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6915 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6916 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6917 **
6918 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6919 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6920 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6921 **
6922 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6923 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6924 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6925 */
6926 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6927   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6928 
6929 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6930   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6931 #endif
6932 
6933   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6934   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6935 
6936   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6937     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6938     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6939 
6940     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6941     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6942     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6943     */
6944     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6945     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6946       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6947     }
6948     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6949 
6950     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6951     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6952     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6953       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6954         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6955         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6956           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6957           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6958         }
6959         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6960       }
6961     }
6962     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6963     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6964     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6965     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6966     */
6967     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6968       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6969       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6970       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6971     }
6972 
6973 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6974     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6975     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6976     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6977     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6978     else if(
6979         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6980      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6981     ){
6982       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6983       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6984       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6985     }
6986 #endif
6987   }
6988 
6989   return rc;
6990 }
6991 
6992 /*
6993 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6994 **
6995 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6996 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6997 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6998 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6999 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
7000 ** participate in shared-cache.
7001 */
7002 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
7003   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
7004 }
7005 
7006 /*
7007 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
7008 */
7009 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
7010   return pPager->pVfs;
7011 }
7012 
7013 /*
7014 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
7015 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
7016 ** not yet been opened.
7017 */
7018 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
7019   return pPager->fd;
7020 }
7021 
7022 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
7023 /*
7024 ** Reset the lock timeout for pager.
7025 */
7026 void sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(Pager *pPager){
7027   int x = 0;
7028   sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, &x);
7029 }
7030 #endif
7031 
7032 /*
7033 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
7034 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
7035 */
7036 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
7037 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7038   return pPager->jfd;
7039 #else
7040   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
7041 #endif
7042 }
7043 
7044 /*
7045 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
7046 */
7047 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
7048   return pPager->zJournal;
7049 }
7050 
7051 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
7052 /*
7053 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
7054 */
7055 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
7056   Pager *pPager,
7057   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
7058   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
7059   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
7060   void *pCodec
7061 ){
7062   if( pPager->xCodecFree ){
7063     pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
7064   }else{
7065     pager_reset(pPager);
7066   }
7067   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
7068   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
7069   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
7070   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
7071   setGetterMethod(pPager);
7072   pagerReportSize(pPager);
7073 }
7074 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
7075   return pPager->pCodec;
7076 }
7077 
7078 /*
7079 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
7080 ** into the log file.
7081 **
7082 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
7083 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
7084 */
7085 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
7086   void *aData = 0;
7087   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
7088   return aData;
7089 }
7090 
7091 /*
7092 ** Return the current pager state
7093 */
7094 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
7095   return pPager->eState;
7096 }
7097 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
7098 
7099 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7100 /*
7101 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7102 **
7103 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7104 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7105 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7106 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7107 **
7108 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7109 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7110 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7111 **
7112 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7113 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7114 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7115 ** transaction is active).
7116 **
7117 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7118 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7119 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7120 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7121 **
7122 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7123 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7124 */
7125 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
7126   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
7127   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7128   int rc;                      /* Return code */
7129   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
7130 
7131   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
7132   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7133        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7134   );
7135   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7136 
7137   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7138   ** the page we are moving from.
7139   */
7140   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
7141   if( pPager->tempFile ){
7142     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
7143     if( rc ) return rc;
7144   }
7145 
7146   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7147   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7148   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7149   **
7150   **   BEGIN;
7151   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7152   **     SAVEPOINT one;
7153   **       <Move page X to location Y>
7154   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
7155   **
7156   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7157   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7158   ** statement were is processed.
7159   **
7160   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7161   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7162   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7163   */
7164   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
7165    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
7166   ){
7167     return rc;
7168   }
7169 
7170   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7171       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
7172   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
7173 
7174   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7175   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7176   **
7177   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7178   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7179   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7180   */
7181   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
7182     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
7183     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
7184             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
7185     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
7186   }
7187 
7188   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7189   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7190   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7191   ** for the page moved there.
7192   */
7193   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7194   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7195   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 || CORRUPT_DB );
7196   if( pPgOld ){
7197     if( pPgOld->nRef>1 ){
7198       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7199       return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
7200     }
7201     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7202     if( pPager->tempFile ){
7203       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7204       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7205       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7206     }else{
7207       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7208     }
7209   }
7210 
7211   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7212   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7213   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7214 
7215   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7216   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7217   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7218   */
7219   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7220     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7221     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7222   }
7223 
7224   if( needSyncPgno ){
7225     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7226     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7227     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7228     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7229     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7230     ** flag.
7231     **
7232     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7233     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7234     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7235     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7236     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7237     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7238     */
7239     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7240     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7241     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7242       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7243         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7244         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7245       }
7246       return rc;
7247     }
7248     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7249     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7250     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7251   }
7252 
7253   return SQLITE_OK;
7254 }
7255 #endif
7256 
7257 /*
7258 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7259 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7260 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7261 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7262 */
7263 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7264   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7265   pPg->flags = flags;
7266   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7267 }
7268 
7269 /*
7270 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7271 */
7272 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7273   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7274   return pPg->pData;
7275 }
7276 
7277 /*
7278 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7279 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7280 */
7281 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7282   return pPg->pExtra;
7283 }
7284 
7285 /*
7286 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7287 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7288 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7289 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7290 **
7291 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7292 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7293 ** locking-mode.
7294 */
7295 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7296   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7297             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7298             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7299   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7300   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7301   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7302   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7303     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7304   }
7305   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7306 }
7307 
7308 /*
7309 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7310 **
7311 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7312 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7313 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7314 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7315 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7316 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7317 **
7318 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7319 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7320 **
7321 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7322 **      or _MEMORY.
7323 **
7324 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7325 **
7326 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7327 */
7328 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7329   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7330 
7331   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7332   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7333             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7334             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7335             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7336             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7337             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7338 
7339   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7340   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7341   ** to WAL mode.
7342   */
7343   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7344 
7345   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7346   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7347   */
7348   if( MEMDB ){
7349     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7350     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7351       eMode = eOld;
7352     }
7353   }
7354 
7355   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7356 
7357     /* Change the journal mode. */
7358     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7359     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7360 
7361     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7362     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7363     ** delete the journal file.
7364     */
7365     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7366     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7367     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7368     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7369     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7370     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7371 
7372     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7373     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7374 
7375       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7376       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7377       ** here is an optimization only.
7378       **
7379       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7380       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7381       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7382       */
7383       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7384       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7385         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7386       }else{
7387         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7388         int state = pPager->eState;
7389         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7390         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7391           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7392         }
7393         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7394           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7395           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7396         }
7397         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7398           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7399         }
7400         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7401           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7402         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7403           pager_unlock(pPager);
7404         }
7405         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7406       }
7407     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7408       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7409     }
7410   }
7411 
7412   /* Return the new journal mode */
7413   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7414 }
7415 
7416 /*
7417 ** Return the current journal mode.
7418 */
7419 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7420   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7421 }
7422 
7423 /*
7424 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7425 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7426 ** is unmodified.
7427 */
7428 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7429   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7430   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7431   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7432   return 1;
7433 }
7434 
7435 /*
7436 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7437 **
7438 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7439 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7440 */
7441 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7442   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7443     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7444     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7445   }
7446   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7447 }
7448 
7449 /*
7450 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7451 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7452 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7453 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7454 */
7455 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7456   return &pPager->pBackup;
7457 }
7458 
7459 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7460 /*
7461 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7462 */
7463 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7464   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7465   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7466 }
7467 #endif
7468 
7469 
7470 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7471 /*
7472 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7473 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7474 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7475 **
7476 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7477 */
7478 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7479   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7480   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7481   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7482   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7483   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7484 ){
7485   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7486   if( pPager->pWal ){
7487     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7488         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7489         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7490         pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7491         pnLog, pnCkpt
7492     );
7493     sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager);
7494   }
7495   return rc;
7496 }
7497 
7498 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7499   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7500 }
7501 
7502 /*
7503 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7504 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7505 */
7506 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7507   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7508   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7509   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7510 }
7511 
7512 /*
7513 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7514 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7515 */
7516 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7517   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7518 
7519   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7520   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7521   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7522     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7523     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7524     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7525   }
7526 
7527   return rc;
7528 }
7529 
7530 /*
7531 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7532 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7533 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7534 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7535 */
7536 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7537   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7538 
7539   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7540   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7541 
7542   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7543   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7544   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7545   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7546   */
7547   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7548     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7549   }
7550 
7551   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7552   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7553   */
7554   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7555     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7556         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7557         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7558     );
7559   }
7560   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7561 
7562   return rc;
7563 }
7564 
7565 
7566 /*
7567 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7568 ** this function.
7569 **
7570 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7571 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7572 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7573 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7574 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7575 ** not modified in either case.
7576 **
7577 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7578 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7579 ** without doing anything.
7580 */
7581 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7582   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7583   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7584 ){
7585   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7586 
7587   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7588   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7589   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7590   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7591   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7592 
7593   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7594     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7595 
7596     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7597     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7598 
7599     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7600     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7601       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7602       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7603     }
7604   }else{
7605     *pbOpen = 1;
7606   }
7607 
7608   return rc;
7609 }
7610 
7611 /*
7612 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7613 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7614 **
7615 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7616 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7617 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7618 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7619 */
7620 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7621   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7622 
7623   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7624 
7625   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7626   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7627   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7628   */
7629   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7630     int logexists = 0;
7631     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7632     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7633       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7634           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7635       );
7636     }
7637     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7638       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7639     }
7640   }
7641 
7642   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7643   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7644   */
7645   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7646     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7647     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7648       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags,
7649                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7650       pPager->pWal = 0;
7651       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7652       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7653     }
7654   }
7655   return rc;
7656 }
7657 
7658 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7659 /*
7660 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7661 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7662 */
7663 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7664   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7665   if( pPager->pWal ){
7666     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7667   }
7668   return rc;
7669 }
7670 
7671 /*
7672 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7673 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7674 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7675 */
7676 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7677   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7678   if( pPager->pWal ){
7679     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7680   }else{
7681     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7682   }
7683   return rc;
7684 }
7685 
7686 /*
7687 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7688 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7689 */
7690 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7691   int rc;
7692   if( pPager->pWal ){
7693     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7694   }else{
7695     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7696   }
7697   return rc;
7698 }
7699 
7700 /*
7701 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database.
7702 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise,
7703 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then
7704 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
7705 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned.
7706 **
7707 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if
7708 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error
7709 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER
7710 ** lock is released before returning.
7711 */
7712 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7713   int rc;
7714   if( pPager->pWal ){
7715     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7716   }else{
7717     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7718   }
7719   return rc;
7720 }
7721 
7722 /*
7723 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to
7724 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck().
7725 */
7726 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){
7727   assert( pPager->pWal );
7728   sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal);
7729 }
7730 
7731 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7732 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7733 
7734 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7735 /*
7736 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7737 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7738 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7739 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7740 ** is empty, return 0.
7741 */
7742 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7743   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7744   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7745 }
7746 #endif
7747 
7748 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7749